"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/ru.po" (19 Feb 2021, 711766 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
    2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
    3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
    4 #
    5 # Translators:
    6 # Artyom Kunyov <artkun@guitarplayer.ru>, 2012
    7 msgid ""
    8 msgstr ""
    9 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
   10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
   11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
   12 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-15 12:07-0500\n"
   13 "Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
   14 "Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/language/"
   15 "ru/)\n"
   16 "Language: ru\n"
   17 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   18 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   19 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   20 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
   21 "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
   22 "X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
   23 
   24 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   25 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   26 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   27 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   28 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   29 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   30 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   31 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   32 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   33 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   34 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   35 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   36 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   37 msgstr "Справка по SSSD"
   38 
   39 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   40 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   41 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   42 msgstr ""
   43 
   44 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   45 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   46 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   47 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   48 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   49 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   50 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   51 msgid "8"
   52 msgstr ""
   53 
   54 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   55 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   56 msgid "modify a group"
   57 msgstr "изменить группу"
   58 
   59 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   60 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   61 msgid ""
   62 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   63 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   64 "arg>"
   65 msgstr ""
   66 
   67 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   68 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   69 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   70 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   71 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   72 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   73 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   74 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   75 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   76 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   77 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   78 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   79 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   80 msgstr "ОПИСАНИЕ"
   81 
   82 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   83 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   84 msgid ""
   85 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   86 "that are specified on the command line."
   87 msgstr ""
   88 
   89 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   90 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   91 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
   92 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
   93 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
   94 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
   95 msgid "OPTIONS"
   96 msgstr "ОПЦИИ"
   97 
   98 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
   99 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
  100 msgid ""
  101 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  102 "replaceable>"
  103 msgstr ""
  104 
  105 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  106 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  107 msgid ""
  108 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  109 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  110 "a comma separated list of group names."
  111 msgstr ""
  112 
  113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  114 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  115 msgid ""
  116 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  117 "replaceable>"
  118 msgstr ""
  119 
  120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  121 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  122 msgid ""
  123 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  124 "replaceable> parameter."
  125 msgstr ""
  126 
  127 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  128 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  129 msgid "sssd.conf"
  130 msgstr "sssd.CONF"
  131 
  132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  133 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  134 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  135 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  136 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  137 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  138 msgid "5"
  139 msgstr "5"
  140 
  141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  143 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  144 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  145 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  146 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  147 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  148 msgstr ""
  149 
  150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  152 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  153 msgstr "Файл конфигурации SSSD"
  154 
  155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  157 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  158 msgstr "ФОРМАТ ФАЙЛА"
  159 
  160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  162 #, no-wrap
  163 msgid ""
  164 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  165 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  166 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  167 "            "
  168 msgstr ""
  169 
  170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  172 msgid ""
  173 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  174 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  175 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  176 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  177 msgstr ""
  178 
  179 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  180 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  181 msgid ""
  182 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  183 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  184 msgstr ""
  185 
  186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  188 msgid ""
  189 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  190 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  191 msgstr ""
  192 
  193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  194 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  195 msgid ""
  196 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  197 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  198 msgstr ""
  199 
  200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  202 msgid ""
  203 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  204 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  205 msgstr ""
  206 
  207 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  208 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  209 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  210 msgstr ""
  211 
  212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  213 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  214 msgid ""
  215 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  216 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  217 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  218 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  219 msgstr ""
  220 
  221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  222 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  223 msgid ""
  224 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  225 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  226 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  227 "to configure SSSD."
  228 msgstr ""
  229 
  230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  231 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  232 msgid ""
  233 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  234 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  235 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  236 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  237 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  238 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  239 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  240 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  241 msgstr ""
  242 
  243 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  244 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  245 msgid ""
  246 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  247 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  248 msgstr ""
  249 
  250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  251 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  252 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  253 msgstr ""
  254 
  255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  256 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  257 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  258 msgstr ""
  259 
  260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  261 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  262 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  263 msgstr ""
  264 
  265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  267 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  268 msgstr ""
  269 
  270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  272 msgid "debug (integer)"
  273 msgstr ""
  274 
  275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  277 msgid ""
  278 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  279 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  280 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  281 "used."
  282 msgstr ""
  283 
  284 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  285 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  286 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  287 msgstr ""
  288 
  289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  290 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  291 msgid ""
  292 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  293 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  294 msgstr ""
  295 
  296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  297 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  298 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  299 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  300 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  301 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  302 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  303 msgid "Default: true"
  304 msgstr ""
  305 
  306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  307 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  308 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  309 msgstr ""
  310 
  311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  313 msgid ""
  314 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  315 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  316 msgstr ""
  317 
  318 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  319 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  321 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  322 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  323 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  324 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  325 msgid "Default: false"
  326 msgstr "По умолчанию: false"
  327 
  328 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  329 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  330 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  331 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  332 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  333 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  334 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  335 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  336 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  337 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  338 msgstr ""
  339 
  340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  341 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  342 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  343 msgstr ""
  344 
  345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  346 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  347 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  348 msgstr ""
  349 
  350 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  351 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  352 msgid ""
  353 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  354 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  355 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  356 msgstr ""
  357 
  358 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  359 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  360 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  361 msgid "Default: 10"
  362 msgstr "По умолчанию: 10"
  363 
  364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  366 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  367 msgstr ""
  368 
  369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  370 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  371 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  372 msgstr ""
  373 
  374 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  375 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  376 msgid "Section parameters"
  377 msgstr ""
  378 
  379 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  380 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  381 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  382 msgstr ""
  383 
  384 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  385 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  386 msgid ""
  387 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  388 "version 2."
  389 msgstr ""
  390 
  391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  393 msgid "services"
  394 msgstr "службы"
  395 
  396 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  397 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  398 msgid ""
  399 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  400 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  401 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  402 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  403 msgstr ""
  404 
  405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  407 msgid ""
  408 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  409 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  410 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  411 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  412 msgstr ""
  413 
  414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  416 msgid ""
  417 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  418 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  419 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  420 msgstr ""
  421 
  422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  423 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  424 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  425 msgstr "попыток_соединения (целое число)"
  426 
  427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  428 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  429 msgid ""
  430 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  431 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  432 msgstr ""
  433 
  434 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  435 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  436 msgid "Default: 3"
  437 msgstr "По умолчанию: 3"
  438 
  439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  441 msgid "domains"
  442 msgstr "домены"
  443 
  444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  445 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  446 msgid ""
  447 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  448 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  449 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  450 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  451 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  452 "is forbidden."
  453 msgstr ""
  454 
  455 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  456 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  457 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  458 msgstr ""
  459 
  460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  461 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  462 msgid ""
  463 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  464 "user name and domain into these components."
  465 msgstr ""
  466 
  467 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  468 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  469 msgid ""
  470 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  471 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  472 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  473 msgstr ""
  474 
  475 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  476 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  477 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  478 msgstr ""
  479 
  480 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  481 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  482 msgid ""
  483 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  484 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  485 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  486 msgstr ""
  487 
  488 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  489 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  490 msgid "%1$s"
  491 msgstr ""
  492 
  493 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  494 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  495 msgid "user name"
  496 msgstr ""
  497 
  498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  500 msgid "%2$s"
  501 msgstr ""
  502 
  503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  504 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  505 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  506 msgstr ""
  507 
  508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  510 msgid "%3$s"
  511 msgstr ""
  512 
  513 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  514 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  515 msgid ""
  516 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  517 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  518 msgstr ""
  519 
  520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  522 msgid ""
  523 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  524 "id=\"0\"/>"
  525 msgstr ""
  526 
  527 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  528 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  529 msgid ""
  530 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  531 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  532 msgstr ""
  533 
  534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  536 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  537 msgstr ""
  538 
  539 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  540 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  541 msgid ""
  542 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  543 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  544 msgstr ""
  545 
  546 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  547 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  548 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  549 msgstr ""
  550 
  551 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  552 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  553 msgid ""
  554 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  555 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  556 "be used."
  557 msgstr ""
  558 
  559 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  560 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  561 msgid ""
  562 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  563 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  564 "to 'false'"
  565 msgstr ""
  566 
  567 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  568 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  569 msgid ""
  570 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  571 "platforms."
  572 msgstr ""
  573 
  574 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  575 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  576 msgid ""
  577 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  578 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  579 msgstr ""
  580 
  581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  583 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  584 msgstr ""
  585 
  586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  587 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  588 msgid ""
  589 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  590 "files."
  591 msgstr ""
  592 
  593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  594 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  595 msgid ""
  596 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  597 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  598 msgstr ""
  599 
  600 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  601 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  602 msgid ""
  603 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  604 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  605 msgstr ""
  606 
  607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  609 msgid "user (string)"
  610 msgstr ""
  611 
  612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  614 msgid ""
  615 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  616 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  617 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  618 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  619 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  620 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  621 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  622 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  623 msgstr ""
  624 
  625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  627 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  628 msgstr ""
  629 
  630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  631 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  632 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  633 msgstr ""
  634 
  635 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  636 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  637 msgid ""
  638 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  639 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  640 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  641 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  642 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  643 msgstr ""
  644 
  645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  647 msgid ""
  648 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  649 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  650 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  651 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  652 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  653 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  654 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  655 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  656 msgstr ""
  657 
  658 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  660 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  661 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  662 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  663 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  664 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  665 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  666 msgid "Default: not set"
  667 msgstr ""
  668 
  669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  671 msgid "override_space (string)"
  672 msgstr ""
  673 
  674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  675 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  676 msgid ""
  677 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  678 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  679 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  680 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  681 "separator in the shell."
  682 msgstr ""
  683 
  684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  686 msgid ""
  687 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  688 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  689 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  690 "of a lookup is undefined."
  691 msgstr ""
  692 
  693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  695 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  696 msgstr ""
  697 
  698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  699 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  700 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  701 msgstr ""
  702 
  703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  705 msgid "no_ocsp"
  706 msgstr ""
  707 
  708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  710 msgid ""
  711 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  712 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  713 "the client."
  714 msgstr ""
  715 
  716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  717 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  718 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  719 msgstr ""
  720 
  721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  722 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  723 msgid ""
  724 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  725 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  726 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  727 msgstr ""
  728 
  729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  730 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  731 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  732 msgstr ""
  733 
  734 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  735 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  736 msgid ""
  737 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  738 "request. Allowed values are:"
  739 msgstr ""
  740 
  741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  743 msgid "sha1"
  744 msgstr ""
  745 
  746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  748 msgid "sha256"
  749 msgstr ""
  750 
  751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  753 msgid "sha384"
  754 msgstr ""
  755 
  756 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  757 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  758 msgid "sha512"
  759 msgstr ""
  760 
  761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  763 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  764 msgstr ""
  765 
  766 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  767 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  768 msgid "no_verification"
  769 msgstr ""
  770 
  771 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  772 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  773 msgid ""
  774 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  775 "testing."
  776 msgstr ""
  777 
  778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  779 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  780 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  781 msgstr ""
  782 
  783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  785 msgid ""
  786 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  787 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  788 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  789 msgstr ""
  790 
  791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  792 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  793 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  794 msgstr ""
  795 
  796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  798 msgid ""
  799 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  800 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  801 msgstr ""
  802 
  803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  804 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  805 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  806 msgstr ""
  807 
  808 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  809 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  810 msgid ""
  811 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  812 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  813 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  814 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  815 msgstr ""
  816 
  817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  818 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  819 msgid "soft_crl"
  820 msgstr ""
  821 
  822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  824 msgid ""
  825 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  826 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  827 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  828 msgstr ""
  829 
  830 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  831 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  832 msgid ""
  833 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  834 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  835 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  836 msgstr ""
  837 
  838 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  839 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  840 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  841 msgstr ""
  842 
  843 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  844 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  845 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  846 msgstr ""
  847 
  848 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  849 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  850 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  851 msgstr ""
  852 
  853 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  854 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  855 msgid ""
  856 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  857 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  858 msgstr ""
  859 
  860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  861 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  862 msgid ""
  863 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  864 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  865 msgstr ""
  866 
  867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  869 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  870 msgstr ""
  871 
  872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  874 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  875 msgstr ""
  876 
  877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  879 msgid ""
  880 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  881 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  882 msgstr ""
  883 
  884 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  885 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  886 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  887 msgstr ""
  888 
  889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  891 msgid ""
  892 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  893 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  894 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  895 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  896 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  897 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  898 msgstr ""
  899 
  900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  901 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  902 msgid ""
  903 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  904 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  905 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  906 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  907 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  908 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  909 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  910 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  911 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  912 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  913 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  914 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  915 msgstr ""
  916 
  917 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  918 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  919 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  920 msgid "Default: Not set"
  921 msgstr ""
  922 
  923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
  925 msgid ""
  926 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
  927 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
  928 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
  929 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
  930 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
  931 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  932 msgstr ""
  933 
  934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  935 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
  936 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
  937 msgstr ""
  938 
  939 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  940 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
  941 msgid ""
  942 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
  943 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
  944 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
  945 "quote>"
  946 msgstr ""
  947 
  948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
  950 msgid "General service configuration options"
  951 msgstr ""
  952 
  953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
  955 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
  956 msgstr ""
  957 
  958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  959 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
  960 msgid "fd_limit"
  961 msgstr ""
  962 
  963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  964 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
  965 msgid ""
  966 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
  967 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
  968 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
  969 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
  970 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
  971 msgstr ""
  972 
  973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  974 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
  975 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
  976 msgstr ""
  977 
  978 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  979 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
  980 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
  981 msgstr ""
  982 
  983 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  984 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
  985 msgid ""
  986 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
  987 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
  988 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
  989 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
  990 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
  991 msgstr ""
  992 
  993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  994 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
  995 #, fuzzy
  996 #| msgid "Default: 3"
  997 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
  998 msgstr "По умолчанию: 3"
  999 
 1000 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1001 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
 1002 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1003 msgstr ""
 1004 
 1005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1006 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1007 msgid ""
 1008 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1009 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1010 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1011 msgstr ""
 1012 
 1013 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1014 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1015 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1016 msgstr ""
 1017 
 1018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1019 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1020 msgid ""
 1021 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1022 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1023 msgstr ""
 1024 
 1025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1026 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1027 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1028 msgstr ""
 1029 
 1030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1031 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1032 msgid ""
 1033 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1034 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1035 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1036 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1037 msgstr ""
 1038 
 1039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1042 msgid "Default: 60"
 1043 msgstr ""
 1044 
 1045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1047 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1048 msgstr ""
 1049 
 1050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1052 msgid ""
 1053 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1054 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1055 msgstr ""
 1056 
 1057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1058 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1059 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1060 msgstr ""
 1061 
 1062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1064 msgid ""
 1065 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1066 "parameter value."
 1067 msgstr ""
 1068 
 1069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1070 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1071 msgid ""
 1072 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1073 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1074 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1075 "offline_timeout."
 1076 msgstr ""
 1077 
 1078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1079 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1080 msgid ""
 1081 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1082 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1083 msgstr ""
 1084 
 1085 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1086 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1087 #, fuzzy
 1088 #| msgid "Default: 3"
 1089 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1090 msgstr "По умолчанию: 3"
 1091 
 1092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1093 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1094 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1095 msgstr ""
 1096 
 1097 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1098 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1099 msgid ""
 1100 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1101 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1102 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1103 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1104 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1105 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1106 "activated."
 1107 msgstr ""
 1108 
 1109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1111 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1112 msgid "Default: 300"
 1113 msgstr ""
 1114 
 1115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1116 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1117 msgid "cache_first"
 1118 msgstr ""
 1119 
 1120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1121 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1122 msgid ""
 1123 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1124 "querying the Data Providers."
 1125 msgstr ""
 1126 
 1127 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1128 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1129 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1130 msgstr ""
 1131 
 1132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1133 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1134 msgid ""
 1135 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1136 msgstr ""
 1137 
 1138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1139 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1140 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1141 msgstr ""
 1142 
 1143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1144 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1145 msgid ""
 1146 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1147 "all users)"
 1148 msgstr ""
 1149 
 1150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1152 msgid "Default: 120"
 1153 msgstr "По умолчанию: 120"
 1154 
 1155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1157 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1158 msgstr ""
 1159 
 1160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1162 msgid ""
 1163 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1164 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1165 "for the domain."
 1166 msgstr ""
 1167 
 1168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1170 msgid ""
 1171 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1172 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1173 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1174 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1175 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1176 msgstr ""
 1177 
 1178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1180 msgid ""
 1181 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1182 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1183 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1184 "disables this feature)"
 1185 msgstr ""
 1186 
 1187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1188 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1189 msgid "Default: 50"
 1190 msgstr ""
 1191 
 1192 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1193 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1194 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1195 msgstr ""
 1196 
 1197 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1198 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1199 msgid ""
 1200 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1201 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1202 "before asking the back end again."
 1203 msgstr ""
 1204 
 1205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1207 msgid "Default: 15"
 1208 msgstr "По умолчанию: 15"
 1209 
 1210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1211 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1212 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1213 msgstr ""
 1214 
 1215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1216 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1217 msgid ""
 1218 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1219 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1220 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1221 msgstr ""
 1222 
 1223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1224 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1225 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1226 msgstr ""
 1227 
 1228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1229 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1230 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1231 msgstr ""
 1232 
 1233 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1234 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1235 msgid ""
 1236 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1237 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1238 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1239 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1240 msgstr ""
 1241 
 1242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1243 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1244 msgid ""
 1245 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1246 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1247 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1248 "member users of the latter listed."
 1249 msgstr ""
 1250 
 1251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1252 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1253 msgid "Default: root"
 1254 msgstr "По умолчанию: root"
 1255 
 1256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1258 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1259 msgstr ""
 1260 
 1261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1263 msgid ""
 1264 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1265 msgstr ""
 1266 
 1267 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1268 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1269 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1270 msgstr ""
 1271 
 1272 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1273 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1274 msgid ""
 1275 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1276 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1277 msgstr ""
 1278 
 1279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1281 msgid ""
 1282 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1283 msgstr ""
 1284 
 1285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1286 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1287 #, no-wrap
 1288 msgid ""
 1289 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1290 "                            "
 1291 msgstr ""
 1292 
 1293 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1295 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1296 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1297 msgstr ""
 1298 
 1299 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1300 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1301 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1302 msgstr ""
 1303 
 1304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1306 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1307 msgstr ""
 1308 
 1309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1311 msgid ""
 1312 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1313 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1314 "or per-domain."
 1315 msgstr ""
 1316 
 1317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1319 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1320 msgstr ""
 1321 
 1322 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1323 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1324 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1325 msgstr ""
 1326 
 1327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1328 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1329 msgid ""
 1330 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1331 msgstr ""
 1332 
 1333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1335 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1336 msgstr ""
 1337 
 1338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1340 msgid ""
 1341 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1342 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1343 msgstr ""
 1344 
 1345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1346 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1347 msgid ""
 1348 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1349 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1350 msgstr ""
 1351 
 1352 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1353 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1354 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1355 msgstr ""
 1356 
 1357 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1359 msgid ""
 1360 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1361 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1362 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1363 msgstr ""
 1364 
 1365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1367 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1368 msgstr ""
 1369 
 1370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1372 msgid ""
 1373 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1374 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1375 msgstr ""
 1376 
 1377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1379 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1380 msgstr ""
 1381 
 1382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1384 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1385 msgstr ""
 1386 
 1387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1389 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1390 msgstr ""
 1391 
 1392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1394 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1395 msgstr ""
 1396 
 1397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1399 msgid ""
 1400 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1401 msgstr ""
 1402 
 1403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1405 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1406 msgstr ""
 1407 
 1408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1410 msgid "default_shell"
 1411 msgstr ""
 1412 
 1413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1414 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1415 msgid ""
 1416 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1417 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1418 msgstr ""
 1419 
 1420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1422 msgid ""
 1423 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1424 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1425 msgstr ""
 1426 
 1427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1428 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1429 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1430 msgstr ""
 1431 
 1432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1434 msgid ""
 1435 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1436 "considered valid."
 1437 msgstr ""
 1438 
 1439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1441 #, fuzzy
 1442 #| msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
 1443 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1444 msgstr "попыток_соединения (целое число)"
 1445 
 1446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1447 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1448 msgid ""
 1449 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1450 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1451 msgstr ""
 1452 
 1453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1455 msgid ""
 1456 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1457 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1458 msgstr ""
 1459 
 1460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1461 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1463 msgid ""
 1464 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1465 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1466 msgstr ""
 1467 
 1468 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1469 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1470 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1471 msgstr ""
 1472 
 1473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1474 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1475 msgid ""
 1476 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1477 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1478 "memory cache."
 1479 msgstr ""
 1480 
 1481 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1482 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1483 msgid "Default: 8"
 1484 msgstr ""
 1485 
 1486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1488 msgid ""
 1489 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1490 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1491 msgstr ""
 1492 
 1493 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1494 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1495 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1496 msgstr ""
 1497 
 1498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1500 msgid ""
 1501 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1502 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1503 "cache."
 1504 msgstr ""
 1505 
 1506 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1508 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1509 msgid "Default: 6"
 1510 msgstr ""
 1511 
 1512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1513 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1514 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1515 msgstr ""
 1516 
 1517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1519 msgid ""
 1520 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1521 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1522 "in-memory cache."
 1523 msgstr ""
 1524 
 1525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1527 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1528 msgstr ""
 1529 
 1530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1531 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1532 msgid ""
 1533 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1534 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1535 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1536 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1537 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1538 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1539 msgstr ""
 1540 
 1541 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1542 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1543 msgid ""
 1544 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1545 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1546 msgstr ""
 1547 
 1548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1549 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1550 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1551 msgstr ""
 1552 
 1553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1555 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1556 msgstr ""
 1557 
 1558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1560 msgid ""
 1561 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1562 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1563 msgstr ""
 1564 
 1565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1567 #, fuzzy
 1568 #| msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 1569 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1570 msgstr "По умолчанию: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 1571 
 1572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1574 msgid ""
 1575 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1576 "[nss] section."
 1577 msgstr ""
 1578 
 1579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1580 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1581 msgid ""
 1582 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1583 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1584 "shadowutils target)"
 1585 msgstr ""
 1586 
 1587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1589 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1590 msgstr ""
 1591 
 1592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1594 msgid ""
 1595 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1596 "(PAM) service."
 1597 msgstr ""
 1598 
 1599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1601 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1602 msgstr ""
 1603 
 1604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1605 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1606 msgid ""
 1607 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1608 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1609 msgstr ""
 1610 
 1611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1613 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1614 msgstr "По умолчанию: 0 (неограничено)"
 1615 
 1616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1618 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1619 msgstr ""
 1620 
 1621 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1622 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1623 msgid ""
 1624 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1625 "are allowed."
 1626 msgstr ""
 1627 
 1628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1630 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1631 msgstr ""
 1632 
 1633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1635 msgid ""
 1636 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1637 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1638 msgstr ""
 1639 
 1640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1642 msgid ""
 1643 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1644 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1645 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1646 msgstr ""
 1647 
 1648 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1649 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1650 msgid "Default: 5"
 1651 msgstr "По умолчанию: 5"
 1652 
 1653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1655 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1656 msgstr ""
 1657 
 1658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1660 msgid ""
 1661 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1662 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1663 msgstr ""
 1664 
 1665 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1666 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1667 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1668 msgstr "В настоящее время sssd поддерживает следующие значения:"
 1669 
 1670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1672 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1673 msgstr ""
 1674 
 1675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1677 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1678 msgstr ""
 1679 
 1680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1682 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1683 msgstr ""
 1684 
 1685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1687 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1688 msgstr ""
 1689 
 1690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1691 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1692 msgid "Default: 1"
 1693 msgstr "По умолчанию: 1"
 1694 
 1695 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1696 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1697 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1698 msgstr ""
 1699 
 1700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1702 msgid ""
 1703 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1704 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1705 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1706 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1707 msgstr ""
 1708 
 1709 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1710 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1711 msgid ""
 1712 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1713 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1714 msgstr ""
 1715 
 1716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1717 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1718 msgid "ENV"
 1719 msgstr ""
 1720 
 1721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1722 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1723 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1724 msgstr ""
 1725 
 1726 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1727 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1728 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1729 msgstr ""
 1730 
 1731 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1732 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1733 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1734 msgstr ""
 1735 
 1736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1738 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1739 msgstr ""
 1740 
 1741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1743 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1744 msgstr ""
 1745 
 1746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1748 msgid ""
 1749 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1750 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1751 msgstr ""
 1752 
 1753 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1754 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1755 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1756 msgstr ""
 1757 
 1758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1760 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1761 msgstr ""
 1762 
 1763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1764 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1765 msgid ""
 1766 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1767 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1768 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1769 msgstr ""
 1770 
 1771 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1772 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1773 msgid ""
 1774 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1775 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1776 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1777 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1778 msgstr ""
 1779 
 1780 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1781 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1782 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1783 msgstr ""
 1784 
 1785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1787 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1788 msgstr ""
 1789 
 1790 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1791 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1792 msgid ""
 1793 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1794 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1795 "cannot display a warning."
 1796 msgstr ""
 1797 
 1798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1799 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1800 msgid ""
 1801 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1802 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1803 msgstr ""
 1804 
 1805 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1806 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 1807 msgid ""
 1808 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 1809 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 1810 msgstr ""
 1811 
 1812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1813 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 1814 msgid "Default: 0"
 1815 msgstr ""
 1816 
 1817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1818 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 1819 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 1820 msgstr ""
 1821 
 1822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 1824 msgid ""
 1825 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 1826 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 1827 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 1828 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 1829 "startup."
 1830 msgstr ""
 1831 
 1832 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1833 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 1834 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 1835 msgstr ""
 1836 
 1837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 1839 msgid ""
 1840 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 1841 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 1842 msgstr ""
 1843 
 1844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 1846 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 1847 msgstr ""
 1848 
 1849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 1851 msgid ""
 1852 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 1853 "to untrusted users."
 1854 msgstr ""
 1855 
 1856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1857 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 1858 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 1859 msgstr ""
 1860 
 1861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 1863 msgid ""
 1864 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 1865 msgstr ""
 1866 
 1867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 1869 msgid ""
 1870 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 1871 "responder.)"
 1872 msgstr ""
 1873 
 1874 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1875 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 1876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 1877 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 1878 msgid "Default: none"
 1879 msgstr ""
 1880 
 1881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1882 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 1883 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 1884 msgstr ""
 1885 
 1886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1887 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 1888 msgid ""
 1889 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 1890 "'Permission denied' message."
 1891 msgstr ""
 1892 
 1893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1894 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 1895 msgid ""
 1896 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 1897 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 1898 msgstr ""
 1899 
 1900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1901 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 1902 #, no-wrap
 1903 msgid ""
 1904 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 1905 "                            "
 1906 msgstr ""
 1907 
 1908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 1910 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 1911 msgstr ""
 1912 
 1913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 1915 msgid ""
 1916 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 1917 "denied' message."
 1918 msgstr ""
 1919 
 1920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 1922 #, no-wrap
 1923 msgid ""
 1924 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 1925 "                            "
 1926 msgstr ""
 1927 
 1928 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 1930 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 1931 msgstr ""
 1932 
 1933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 1935 msgid ""
 1936 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 1937 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 1938 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 1939 msgstr ""
 1940 
 1941 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 1943 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 1944 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 1945 msgid "Default: False"
 1946 msgstr ""
 1947 
 1948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 1950 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 1951 msgstr ""
 1952 
 1953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 1955 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 1956 msgstr ""
 1957 
 1958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1959 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 1960 msgid "Default:"
 1961 msgstr ""
 1962 
 1963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1964 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 1965 msgid ""
 1966 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 1967 "certificates in PEM format)"
 1968 msgstr ""
 1969 
 1970 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1971 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 1972 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 1973 msgstr ""
 1974 
 1975 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1976 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 1977 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 1978 msgstr ""
 1979 
 1980 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1981 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 1982 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 1983 msgstr ""
 1984 
 1985 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1986 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 1987 msgid ""
 1988 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 1989 "<quote>application</quote>"
 1990 msgstr ""
 1991 
 1992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 1994 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 1995 msgstr ""
 1996 
 1997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 1999 msgid ""
 2000 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 2001 "use Smartcards."
 2002 msgstr ""
 2003 
 2004 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2005 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 2006 #, no-wrap
 2007 msgid ""
 2008 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 2009 "                            "
 2010 msgstr ""
 2011 
 2012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2013 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2014 msgid ""
 2015 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2016 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2017 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2018 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2019 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2020 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2021 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2022 msgstr ""
 2023 
 2024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2026 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2027 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2028 msgstr ""
 2029 
 2030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2031 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2032 msgid "login"
 2033 msgstr ""
 2034 
 2035 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2036 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2037 msgid "su"
 2038 msgstr ""
 2039 
 2040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2042 msgid "su-l"
 2043 msgstr ""
 2044 
 2045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2047 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2048 msgstr ""
 2049 
 2050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2052 msgid "gdm-password"
 2053 msgstr ""
 2054 
 2055 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2056 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2057 msgid "kdm"
 2058 msgstr ""
 2059 
 2060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2062 msgid "sudo"
 2063 msgstr ""
 2064 
 2065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2067 msgid "sudo-i"
 2068 msgstr ""
 2069 
 2070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2072 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2073 msgstr ""
 2074 
 2075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2076 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2077 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2078 msgstr ""
 2079 
 2080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2081 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2082 msgid ""
 2083 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2084 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2085 "inserted."
 2086 msgstr ""
 2087 
 2088 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2089 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2090 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2091 msgstr ""
 2092 
 2093 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2094 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2095 msgid ""
 2096 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2097 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2098 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2099 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2100 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2101 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2102 msgstr ""
 2103 
 2104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2106 #, no-wrap
 2107 msgid ""
 2108 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2109 "                            "
 2110 msgstr ""
 2111 
 2112 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2113 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2114 #, no-wrap
 2115 msgid ""
 2116 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2117 "                            "
 2118 msgstr ""
 2119 
 2120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2121 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2122 msgid ""
 2123 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2124 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2125 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2126 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2127 msgstr ""
 2128 
 2129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2131 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2132 msgstr ""
 2133 
 2134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2135 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2136 msgid "always"
 2137 msgstr ""
 2138 
 2139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2140 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2141 msgid ""
 2142 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2143 msgstr ""
 2144 
 2145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2146 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2147 msgid "no_session"
 2148 msgstr ""
 2149 
 2150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2152 msgid ""
 2153 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2154 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2155 msgstr ""
 2156 
 2157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2158 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2159 msgid "never"
 2160 msgstr ""
 2161 
 2162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2164 msgid ""
 2165 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2166 "are not expired"
 2167 msgstr ""
 2168 
 2169 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2170 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2171 msgid ""
 2172 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2173 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2174 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2175 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2176 msgstr ""
 2177 
 2178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2180 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2181 msgstr ""
 2182 
 2183 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2184 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2185 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2186 msgstr ""
 2187 
 2188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2189 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2190 msgid ""
 2191 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2192 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2193 msgstr ""
 2194 
 2195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2196 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2197 msgid ""
 2198 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2199 msgstr ""
 2200 
 2201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2203 msgid ""
 2204 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2205 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2206 "value in the domain section."
 2207 msgstr ""
 2208 
 2209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2211 #, no-wrap
 2212 msgid ""
 2213 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2214 "                            "
 2215 msgstr ""
 2216 
 2217 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2218 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2219 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2220 msgstr ""
 2221 
 2222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2223 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2224 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2225 msgstr ""
 2226 
 2227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2229 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2230 msgstr ""
 2231 
 2232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2233 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2234 msgid ""
 2235 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2236 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2237 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2238 msgstr ""
 2239 
 2240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2241 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2242 msgid ""
 2243 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2244 "be authenticated."
 2245 msgstr ""
 2246 
 2247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2249 msgid "Default: True"
 2250 msgstr ""
 2251 
 2252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2254 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2255 msgstr ""
 2256 
 2257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2259 msgid ""
 2260 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2261 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2262 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2263 msgstr ""
 2264 
 2265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2267 msgid ""
 2268 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2269 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2270 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2271 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2272 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2273 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2274 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2275 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2276 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2277 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2278 msgstr ""
 2279 
 2280 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2281 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2282 msgid ""
 2283 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2284 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2285 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2286 msgstr ""
 2287 
 2288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2290 msgid ""
 2291 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2292 "deployments:"
 2293 msgstr ""
 2294 
 2295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2296 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2297 msgid ""
 2298 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2299 "files or on smart cards."
 2300 msgstr ""
 2301 
 2302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2303 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2304 msgid ""
 2305 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2306 "FAST channel."
 2307 msgstr ""
 2308 
 2309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2311 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2312 msgstr ""
 2313 
 2314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2316 msgid ""
 2317 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2318 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2319 msgstr ""
 2320 
 2321 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2322 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2323 #, no-wrap
 2324 msgid ""
 2325 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2326 "                            "
 2327 msgstr ""
 2328 
 2329 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2331 msgid ""
 2332 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2333 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2334 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2335 msgstr ""
 2336 
 2337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2338 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2339 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2340 msgstr ""
 2341 
 2342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2343 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2344 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2345 msgstr ""
 2346 
 2347 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2348 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2349 msgid ""
 2350 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2351 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2352 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2353 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2354 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2355 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2356 msgstr ""
 2357 
 2358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2359 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2360 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2361 msgstr ""
 2362 
 2363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2364 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2365 msgid ""
 2366 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2367 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2368 msgstr ""
 2369 
 2370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2372 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2373 msgstr ""
 2374 
 2375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2377 msgid ""
 2378 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2379 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2380 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2381 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2382 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2383 msgstr ""
 2384 
 2385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2387 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2388 msgstr ""
 2389 
 2390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2392 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2393 msgstr ""
 2394 
 2395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2397 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2398 msgstr ""
 2399 
 2400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2402 msgid ""
 2403 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2404 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2405 "before asking the back end again."
 2406 msgstr ""
 2407 
 2408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2410 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2411 msgstr ""
 2412 
 2413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2414 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2415 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2416 msgstr ""
 2417 
 2418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2419 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2420 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2421 msgstr ""
 2422 
 2423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2425 msgid ""
 2426 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2427 "file."
 2428 msgstr ""
 2429 
 2430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2432 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2433 msgstr ""
 2434 
 2435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2437 msgid ""
 2438 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2439 "host keys were requested."
 2440 msgstr ""
 2441 
 2442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2444 msgid "Default: 180"
 2445 msgstr ""
 2446 
 2447 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2448 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2449 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2450 msgstr ""
 2451 
 2452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2453 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2454 msgid ""
 2455 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2456 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2457 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2458 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2459 msgstr ""
 2460 
 2461 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2463 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2464 msgstr ""
 2465 
 2466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2468 msgid ""
 2469 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2470 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2471 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2472 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2473 "will be ignored."
 2474 msgstr ""
 2475 
 2476 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2477 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2478 msgid ""
 2479 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2480 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2481 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2482 msgstr ""
 2483 
 2484 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2485 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2486 msgid ""
 2487 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2488 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2489 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2490 "enabled."
 2491 msgstr ""
 2492 
 2493 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2494 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2495 msgid ""
 2496 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2497 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2498 msgstr ""
 2499 
 2500 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2501 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2502 msgid ""
 2503 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2504 "rule are used"
 2505 msgstr ""
 2506 
 2507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2509 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2510 msgstr ""
 2511 
 2512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2513 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2514 msgid ""
 2515 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2516 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2517 msgstr ""
 2518 
 2519 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2520 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2521 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2522 msgstr ""
 2523 
 2524 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2525 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2526 msgid ""
 2527 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2528 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2529 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2530 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2531 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2532 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2533 msgstr ""
 2534 
 2535 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2536 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2537 msgid ""
 2538 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2539 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2540 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2541 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2542 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2543 "parameter."
 2544 msgstr ""
 2545 
 2546 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2547 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2548 msgid ""
 2549 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2550 "added to those groups."
 2551 msgstr ""
 2552 
 2553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2555 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2556 msgstr ""
 2557 
 2558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2560 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2561 msgstr ""
 2562 
 2563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2565 msgid ""
 2566 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2567 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2568 "startup."
 2569 msgstr ""
 2570 
 2571 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2572 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2573 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2574 msgstr ""
 2575 
 2576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2577 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2578 msgid ""
 2579 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2580 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2581 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2582 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2583 msgstr ""
 2584 
 2585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2586 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2587 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2588 msgstr ""
 2589 
 2590 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2591 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2592 msgid ""
 2593 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2594 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2595 msgstr ""
 2596 
 2597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2598 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2599 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2600 msgstr ""
 2601 
 2602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2603 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2604 msgid ""
 2605 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2606 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2607 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2608 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2609 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2610 msgstr ""
 2611 
 2612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2614 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2615 msgstr ""
 2616 
 2617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2618 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2619 msgid "scope (string)"
 2620 msgstr ""
 2621 
 2622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2624 msgid "\"none\""
 2625 msgstr ""
 2626 
 2627 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2628 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2629 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2630 msgstr ""
 2631 
 2632 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2633 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2634 msgid "\"some\""
 2635 msgstr ""
 2636 
 2637 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2638 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2639 msgid ""
 2640 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2641 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2642 msgstr ""
 2643 
 2644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2645 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2646 msgid "\"all\""
 2647 msgstr ""
 2648 
 2649 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2650 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2651 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2652 msgstr ""
 2653 
 2654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2655 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2656 msgid ""
 2657 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2658 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2659 msgstr ""
 2660 
 2661 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2662 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2663 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2664 msgstr ""
 2665 
 2666 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2667 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2668 msgid "users (string)"
 2669 msgstr ""
 2670 
 2671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2673 msgid ""
 2674 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2675 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2676 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2677 msgstr ""
 2678 
 2679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2680 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2681 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2682 msgstr ""
 2683 
 2684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2686 msgid "groups (string)"
 2687 msgstr ""
 2688 
 2689 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2690 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2691 msgid ""
 2692 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2693 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2694 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2695 msgstr ""
 2696 
 2697 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2698 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2699 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2700 msgid ""
 2701 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2702 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2703 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2704 msgstr ""
 2705 
 2706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2708 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2709 msgstr ""
 2710 
 2711 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2712 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2713 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2714 msgstr ""
 2715 
 2716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2717 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2718 msgid ""
 2719 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2720 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2721 msgstr ""
 2722 
 2723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2725 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2726 msgstr ""
 2727 
 2728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2730 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2731 msgstr ""
 2732 
 2733 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2734 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2735 msgid ""
 2736 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2737 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2738 msgstr ""
 2739 
 2740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2742 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2743 msgstr ""
 2744 
 2745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2747 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2748 msgstr ""
 2749 
 2750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2751 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2752 msgid "enabled"
 2753 msgstr ""
 2754 
 2755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2756 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 2757 msgid ""
 2758 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 2759 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 2760 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 2761 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 2762 "quote> section."
 2763 msgstr ""
 2764 
 2765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 2767 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 2768 msgstr ""
 2769 
 2770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 2772 msgid ""
 2773 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 2774 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 2775 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 2776 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 2777 msgstr ""
 2778 
 2779 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2780 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 2781 msgid ""
 2782 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 2783 "<quote>application</quote>."
 2784 msgstr ""
 2785 
 2786 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2787 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 2788 msgid ""
 2789 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 2790 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 2791 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 2792 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 2793 msgstr ""
 2794 
 2795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2796 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 2797 msgid ""
 2798 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 2799 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 2800 msgstr ""
 2801 
 2802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 2804 msgid ""
 2805 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 2806 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 2807 msgstr ""
 2808 
 2809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 2811 msgid "Default: posix"
 2812 msgstr ""
 2813 
 2814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2815 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 2816 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 2817 msgstr ""
 2818 
 2819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2820 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 2821 msgid ""
 2822 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 2823 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 2824 msgstr ""
 2825 
 2826 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2827 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 2828 msgid ""
 2829 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 2830 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 2831 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 2832 "expected."
 2833 msgstr ""
 2834 
 2835 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2836 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 2837 msgid ""
 2838 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 2839 "by name or ID."
 2840 msgstr ""
 2841 
 2842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 2844 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 2845 msgstr ""
 2846 
 2847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 2849 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 2850 msgstr ""
 2851 
 2852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 2854 msgid ""
 2855 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 2856 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 2857 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 2858 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 2859 msgstr ""
 2860 
 2861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 2863 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 2864 msgstr ""
 2865 
 2866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 2868 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 2869 msgstr ""
 2870 
 2871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 2873 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 2874 msgstr "По умолчанию: FALSE"
 2875 
 2876 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2877 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 2878 msgid ""
 2879 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 2880 "entries from the remote server."
 2881 msgstr ""
 2882 
 2883 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2884 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 2885 msgid ""
 2886 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 2887 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 2888 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 2889 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 2890 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 2891 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 2892 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 2893 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 2894 "watchdog."
 2895 msgstr ""
 2896 
 2897 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2898 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 2899 msgid ""
 2900 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 2901 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 2902 msgstr ""
 2903 
 2904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2905 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 2906 msgid ""
 2907 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 2908 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 2909 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 2910 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 2911 msgstr ""
 2912 
 2913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 2915 msgid ""
 2916 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 2917 "especially in large environments."
 2918 msgstr ""
 2919 
 2920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 2922 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 2923 msgstr ""
 2924 
 2925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2926 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 2927 msgid "all"
 2928 msgstr ""
 2929 
 2930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 2932 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2933 msgstr ""
 2934 
 2935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 2937 msgid "none"
 2938 msgstr ""
 2939 
 2940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2941 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 2942 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2943 msgstr ""
 2944 
 2945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2946 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 2947 msgid ""
 2948 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 2949 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 2950 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 2951 "for these trusted domains."
 2952 msgstr ""
 2953 
 2954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2955 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 2956 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 2957 msgstr ""
 2958 
 2959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2960 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 2961 msgid ""
 2962 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 2963 "backend again"
 2964 msgstr ""
 2965 
 2966 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2967 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 2968 msgid ""
 2969 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 2970 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 2971 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 2972 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2973 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 2974 "been cached."
 2975 msgstr ""
 2976 
 2977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2978 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 2979 msgid "Default: 5400"
 2980 msgstr ""
 2981 
 2982 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2983 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 2984 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 2985 msgstr ""
 2986 
 2987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2988 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 2989 msgid ""
 2990 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 2991 "the backend again"
 2992 msgstr ""
 2993 
 2994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2995 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 2996 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 2997 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 2998 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 2999 msgstr ""
 3000 
 3001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 3003 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 3004 msgstr ""
 3005 
 3006 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3007 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 3008 msgid ""
 3009 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3010 "the backend again"
 3011 msgstr ""
 3012 
 3013 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3014 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3015 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3016 msgstr ""
 3017 
 3018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3019 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3020 msgid ""
 3021 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3022 "asking the backend again"
 3023 msgstr ""
 3024 
 3025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3026 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3027 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3028 msgstr ""
 3029 
 3030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3031 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3032 msgid ""
 3033 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3034 "the backend again"
 3035 msgstr ""
 3036 
 3037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3039 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3040 msgstr ""
 3041 
 3042 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3043 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3044 msgid ""
 3045 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3046 "before asking the backend again"
 3047 msgstr ""
 3048 
 3049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3050 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3051 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3052 msgstr ""
 3053 
 3054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3055 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3056 msgid ""
 3057 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3058 "again"
 3059 msgstr ""
 3060 
 3061 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3062 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3063 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3064 msgstr ""
 3065 
 3066 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3067 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3068 msgid ""
 3069 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3070 "before asking the backend again"
 3071 msgstr ""
 3072 
 3073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3074 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3075 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3076 msgstr ""
 3077 
 3078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3079 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3080 msgid ""
 3081 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3082 "the host key for."
 3083 msgstr ""
 3084 
 3085 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3086 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3087 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3088 msgstr ""
 3089 
 3090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3091 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3092 msgid ""
 3093 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3094 "again"
 3095 msgstr ""
 3096 
 3097 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3098 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3099 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3100 msgstr ""
 3101 
 3102 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3103 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3104 msgid ""
 3105 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3106 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3107 msgstr ""
 3108 
 3109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3111 msgid ""
 3112 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3113 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3114 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3115 "and the group membership are updated."
 3116 msgstr ""
 3117 
 3118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3119 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3120 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3121 msgstr ""
 3122 
 3123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3124 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3125 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3126 msgstr ""
 3127 
 3128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3130 msgid ""
 3131 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3132 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3133 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3134 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3135 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3136 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3137 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3138 msgstr ""
 3139 
 3140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3141 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3142 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3143 msgstr ""
 3144 
 3145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3146 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3147 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3148 msgstr ""
 3149 
 3150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3152 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3153 msgstr ""
 3154 
 3155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3157 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3158 msgstr ""
 3159 
 3160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3162 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3163 msgstr ""
 3164 
 3165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3167 msgid ""
 3168 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3169 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3170 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3171 msgstr ""
 3172 
 3173 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3174 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3175 msgid ""
 3176 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3177 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3178 msgstr ""
 3179 
 3180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3181 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3182 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3183 msgstr ""
 3184 
 3185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3186 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3187 msgid ""
 3188 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3189 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3190 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3191 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3192 msgstr ""
 3193 
 3194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3195 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3196 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3197 msgstr ""
 3198 
 3199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3201 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3202 msgstr ""
 3203 
 3204 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3205 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3206 msgid ""
 3207 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3208 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3209 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3210 "backend."
 3211 msgstr ""
 3212 
 3213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3215 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3216 msgstr ""
 3217 
 3218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3220 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3221 msgstr ""
 3222 
 3223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3224 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3225 msgid ""
 3226 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3227 msgstr ""
 3228 
 3229 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3230 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3231 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3232 msgstr ""
 3233 
 3234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3236 msgid ""
 3237 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3238 msgstr ""
 3239 
 3240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3241 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3242 msgid ""
 3243 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3244 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3245 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3246 msgstr ""
 3247 
 3248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3250 msgid ""
 3251 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3252 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3253 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3254 msgstr ""
 3255 
 3256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3259 msgid ""
 3260 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3261 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3262 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3263 "FreeIPA."
 3264 msgstr ""
 3265 
 3266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3268 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3269 msgid ""
 3270 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3271 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3272 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3273 msgstr ""
 3274 
 3275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3277 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3278 msgstr ""
 3279 
 3280 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3281 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3282 msgid ""
 3283 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3284 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3285 msgstr ""
 3286 
 3287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3288 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3289 msgid ""
 3290 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3291 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3292 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3293 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3294 msgstr ""
 3295 
 3296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3297 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3298 msgid ""
 3299 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3300 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3301 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3302 msgstr ""
 3303 
 3304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3306 msgid ""
 3307 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3308 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3309 msgstr ""
 3310 
 3311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3313 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3314 msgstr ""
 3315 
 3316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3318 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3319 msgstr ""
 3320 
 3321 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3322 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3323 msgid ""
 3324 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3325 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3326 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3327 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3328 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3329 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3330 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3331 msgstr ""
 3332 
 3333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3335 msgid ""
 3336 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3337 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3338 "members."
 3339 msgstr ""
 3340 
 3341 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3342 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3343 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3344 msgstr ""
 3345 
 3346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3348 msgid ""
 3349 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3350 "are:"
 3351 msgstr ""
 3352 
 3353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3355 msgid ""
 3356 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3357 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3358 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3359 msgstr ""
 3360 
 3361 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3362 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3363 msgid ""
 3364 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3365 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3366 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3367 msgstr ""
 3368 
 3369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3370 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3371 msgid ""
 3372 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3373 msgstr ""
 3374 
 3375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3377 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3378 msgstr ""
 3379 
 3380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3382 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3383 msgstr ""
 3384 
 3385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3387 msgid ""
 3388 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3389 "authentication requests."
 3390 msgstr ""
 3391 
 3392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3394 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3395 msgstr ""
 3396 
 3397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3399 msgid ""
 3400 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3401 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3402 "Internal special providers are:"
 3403 msgstr ""
 3404 
 3405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3407 msgid ""
 3408 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3409 "provider for a local domain."
 3410 msgstr ""
 3411 
 3412 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3413 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3414 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3415 msgstr ""
 3416 
 3417 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3418 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3419 msgid ""
 3420 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3421 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3422 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3423 "access module."
 3424 msgstr ""
 3425 
 3426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3427 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3428 msgid ""
 3429 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3430 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3431 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3432 msgstr ""
 3433 
 3434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3435 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3436 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3437 msgstr ""
 3438 
 3439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3441 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3442 msgstr ""
 3443 
 3444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3445 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3446 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3447 msgstr ""
 3448 
 3449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3451 msgid ""
 3452 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3453 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3454 msgstr ""
 3455 
 3456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3458 msgid ""
 3459 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3460 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3461 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3462 msgstr ""
 3463 
 3464 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3465 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3466 msgid ""
 3467 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3468 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3469 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3470 msgstr ""
 3471 
 3472 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3473 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3474 msgid ""
 3475 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3476 msgstr ""
 3477 
 3478 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3479 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3480 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3481 msgstr ""
 3482 
 3483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3485 msgid ""
 3486 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3487 "change password requests."
 3488 msgstr ""
 3489 
 3490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3492 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3493 msgstr ""
 3494 
 3495 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3496 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3497 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3498 msgstr ""
 3499 
 3500 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3501 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3502 msgid ""
 3503 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3504 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3505 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3506 msgstr ""
 3507 
 3508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3510 msgid ""
 3511 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3512 "settings."
 3513 msgstr ""
 3514 
 3515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3517 msgid ""
 3518 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3519 "settings."
 3520 msgstr ""
 3521 
 3522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3524 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3525 msgstr ""
 3526 
 3527 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3528 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3529 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3530 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3531 msgstr ""
 3532 
 3533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3535 msgid ""
 3536 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3537 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3538 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3539 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3540 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3541 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3542 msgstr ""
 3543 
 3544 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3545 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3546 msgid ""
 3547 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3548 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3549 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3550 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3551 msgstr ""
 3552 
 3553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3555 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3556 msgstr ""
 3557 
 3558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3560 msgid ""
 3561 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3562 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3563 "providers are:"
 3564 msgstr ""
 3565 
 3566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3567 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3568 msgid ""
 3569 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3570 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3571 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3572 msgstr ""
 3573 
 3574 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3575 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3576 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3577 msgstr ""
 3578 
 3579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3580 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3581 msgid ""
 3582 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3583 "selinux loading requests."
 3584 msgstr ""
 3585 
 3586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3587 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3588 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3589 msgstr ""
 3590 
 3591 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3592 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3593 msgid ""
 3594 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3595 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3596 msgstr ""
 3597 
 3598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3600 msgid ""
 3601 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3602 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3603 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3604 msgstr ""
 3605 
 3606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 3608 msgid ""
 3609 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 3610 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3611 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3612 "the AD provider."
 3613 msgstr ""
 3614 
 3615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 3617 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 3618 msgstr ""
 3619 
 3620 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3621 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 3622 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 3623 msgstr ""
 3624 
 3625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 3627 msgid ""
 3628 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 3629 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 3630 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 3631 msgstr ""
 3632 
 3633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 3635 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 3636 msgstr ""
 3637 
 3638 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3639 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 3640 msgid ""
 3641 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 3642 msgstr ""
 3643 
 3644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3645 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 3646 msgid ""
 3647 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 3648 "session related tasks."
 3649 msgstr ""
 3650 
 3651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 3653 msgid ""
 3654 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 3655 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 3656 msgstr ""
 3657 
 3658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 3660 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 3661 msgstr ""
 3662 
 3663 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3664 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 3665 msgid ""
 3666 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 3667 msgstr ""
 3668 
 3669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 3671 msgid ""
 3672 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3673 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3674 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3675 msgstr ""
 3676 
 3677 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3678 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 3679 msgid ""
 3680 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 3681 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3682 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3683 msgstr ""
 3684 
 3685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 3687 msgid ""
 3688 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 3689 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3690 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 3691 msgstr ""
 3692 
 3693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 3695 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 3696 msgstr ""
 3697 
 3698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3699 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 3700 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 3701 msgstr ""
 3702 
 3703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 3705 msgid ""
 3706 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 3707 "hostid providers are:"
 3708 msgstr ""
 3709 
 3710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3711 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 3712 msgid ""
 3713 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 3714 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3715 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3716 msgstr ""
 3717 
 3718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 3720 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 3721 msgstr ""
 3722 
 3723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 3725 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 3726 msgstr ""
 3727 
 3728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 3730 msgid ""
 3731 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 3732 "resolver providers are:"
 3733 msgstr ""
 3734 
 3735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 3737 msgid ""
 3738 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 3739 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 3740 msgstr ""
 3741 
 3742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 3744 msgid ""
 3745 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 3746 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3747 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3748 msgstr ""
 3749 
 3750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3751 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 3752 msgid ""
 3753 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 3754 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3755 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 3756 "provider."
 3757 msgstr ""
 3758 
 3759 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3760 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 3761 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 3762 msgstr ""
 3763 
 3764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3765 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 3766 msgid ""
 3767 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 3768 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 3769 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 3770 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 3771 "the domain."
 3772 msgstr ""
 3773 
 3774 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3775 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 3776 msgid ""
 3777 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 3778 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 3779 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 3780 "user names:"
 3781 msgstr ""
 3782 
 3783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 3785 msgid "username"
 3786 msgstr ""
 3787 
 3788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3789 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 3790 msgid "username@domain.name"
 3791 msgstr ""
 3792 
 3793 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3794 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 3795 msgid "domain\\username"
 3796 msgstr ""
 3797 
 3798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3799 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 3800 msgid ""
 3801 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 3802 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 3803 msgstr ""
 3804 
 3805 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3806 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 3807 msgid ""
 3808 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 3809 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 3810 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 3811 msgstr ""
 3812 
 3813 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3814 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 3815 msgid ""
 3816 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 3817 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 3818 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 3819 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 3820 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 3821 msgstr ""
 3822 
 3823 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3824 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 3825 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3826 msgstr "По умолчанию: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3827 
 3828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 3830 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 3831 msgstr ""
 3832 
 3833 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3834 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 3835 msgid ""
 3836 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 3837 "performing DNS lookups."
 3838 msgstr ""
 3839 
 3840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3841 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 3842 msgid "Supported values:"
 3843 msgstr "Поддерживаемые значения:"
 3844 
 3845 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3846 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 3847 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 3848 msgstr ""
 3849 
 3850 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3851 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 3852 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 3853 msgstr ""
 3854 
 3855 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3856 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 3857 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 3858 msgstr ""
 3859 
 3860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3861 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 3862 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 3863 msgstr ""
 3864 
 3865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3866 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 3867 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 3868 msgstr ""
 3869 
 3870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3871 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 3872 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3873 msgstr ""
 3874 
 3875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 3877 msgid ""
 3878 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 3879 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 3880 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 3881 "mode."
 3882 msgstr ""
 3883 
 3884 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3885 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 3886 msgid ""
 3887 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 3888 "the service resolution."
 3889 msgstr ""
 3890 
 3891 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3892 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 3893 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 3894 msgstr ""
 3895 
 3896 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3897 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 3898 msgid ""
 3899 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 3900 "the service discovery DNS query."
 3901 msgstr ""
 3902 
 3903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 3905 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 3906 msgstr "По умолчанию: использовать доменное имя из hostname"
 3907 
 3908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 3910 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 3911 msgstr ""
 3912 
 3913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 3915 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 3916 msgstr ""
 3917 
 3918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 3920 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 3921 msgstr ""
 3922 
 3923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 3925 msgid "True"
 3926 msgstr ""
 3927 
 3928 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 3930 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 3931 msgstr ""
 3932 
 3933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 3935 msgid "False"
 3936 msgstr ""
 3937 
 3938 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3939 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 3940 msgid "Case insensitive."
 3941 msgstr ""
 3942 
 3943 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3944 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 3945 msgid "Preserving"
 3946 msgstr ""
 3947 
 3948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 3950 msgid ""
 3951 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 3952 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 3953 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 3954 msgstr ""
 3955 
 3956 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3957 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 3958 msgid ""
 3959 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 3960 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 3961 msgstr ""
 3962 
 3963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3964 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 3965 msgid ""
 3966 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 3967 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 3968 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 3969 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3970 msgstr ""
 3971 
 3972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 3974 msgid ""
 3975 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 3976 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 3977 msgstr ""
 3978 
 3979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 3981 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 3982 msgstr ""
 3983 
 3984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 3986 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 3987 msgstr ""
 3988 
 3989 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3990 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 3991 msgid ""
 3992 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 3993 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 3994 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 3995 msgstr ""
 3996 
 3997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 3999 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 4000 msgstr ""
 4001 
 4002 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4003 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 4004 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4005 msgstr ""
 4006 
 4007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4008 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 4009 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4010 msgstr ""
 4011 
 4012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4013 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4014 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4015 msgstr ""
 4016 
 4017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4019 msgid ""
 4020 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4021 "is not set explicitly)"
 4022 msgstr ""
 4023 
 4024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4026 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4027 msgstr ""
 4028 
 4029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4030 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4031 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4032 msgstr ""
 4033 
 4034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4035 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4036 #, no-wrap
 4037 msgid ""
 4038 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4039 "                            "
 4040 msgstr ""
 4041 
 4042 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4043 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4044 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4045 msgstr ""
 4046 
 4047 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4048 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4049 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4050 msgstr ""
 4051 
 4052 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4053 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4054 msgid "%F"
 4055 msgstr ""
 4056 
 4057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4058 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4059 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4060 msgstr ""
 4061 
 4062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4064 msgid ""
 4065 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4066 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4067 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4068 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4069 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4070 msgstr ""
 4071 
 4072 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4073 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4074 msgid ""
 4075 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4076 msgstr ""
 4077 
 4078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4079 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4080 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4081 msgstr ""
 4082 
 4083 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4084 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4085 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4086 msgstr ""
 4087 
 4088 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4089 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4090 msgid ""
 4091 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4092 msgstr ""
 4093 
 4094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4095 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4096 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4097 msgstr ""
 4098 
 4099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4101 msgid ""
 4102 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4103 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4104 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4105 "authentication."
 4106 msgstr ""
 4107 
 4108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4109 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4110 msgid ""
 4111 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4112 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4113 msgstr ""
 4114 
 4115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4116 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4117 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4118 msgstr ""
 4119 
 4120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4121 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4122 msgid ""
 4123 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4124 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4125 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4126 msgstr ""
 4127 
 4128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4130 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4131 msgstr ""
 4132 
 4133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4135 msgid "true"
 4136 msgstr ""
 4137 
 4138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4139 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4140 msgid ""
 4141 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4142 "number is ignored in this case."
 4143 msgstr ""
 4144 
 4145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4146 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4147 msgid ""
 4148 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4149 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4150 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4151 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4152 msgstr ""
 4153 
 4154 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4155 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4156 msgid "false"
 4157 msgstr ""
 4158 
 4159 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4160 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4161 msgid ""
 4162 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4163 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4164 msgstr ""
 4165 
 4166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4167 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4168 msgid "hybrid"
 4169 msgstr ""
 4170 
 4171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4173 msgid ""
 4174 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4175 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4176 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4177 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4178 "user resolves to that group object."
 4179 msgstr ""
 4180 
 4181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4183 msgid ""
 4184 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4185 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4186 msgstr ""
 4187 
 4188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4189 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4190 msgid ""
 4191 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4192 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4193 "the existing user private groups."
 4194 msgstr ""
 4195 
 4196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4197 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4198 msgid ""
 4199 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4200 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4201 msgstr ""
 4202 
 4203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4204 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4205 msgid ""
 4206 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4207 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4208 msgstr ""
 4209 
 4210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4211 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4212 #, no-wrap
 4213 msgid ""
 4214 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4215 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4216 msgstr ""
 4217 
 4218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4220 #, no-wrap
 4221 msgid ""
 4222 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4223 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4224 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4225 msgstr ""
 4226 
 4227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4229 msgid ""
 4230 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4231 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4232 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4233 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4234 msgstr ""
 4235 
 4236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4238 msgid ""
 4239 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4240 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4241 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4242 msgstr ""
 4243 
 4244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4245 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4246 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4247 msgstr ""
 4248 
 4249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4250 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4251 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4252 msgstr ""
 4253 
 4254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4255 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4256 msgid ""
 4257 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4258 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4259 msgstr ""
 4260 
 4261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4263 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4264 msgstr ""
 4265 
 4266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4268 msgid ""
 4269 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4270 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4271 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4272 msgstr ""
 4273 
 4274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4275 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4276 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4277 msgstr ""
 4278 
 4279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4281 msgid ""
 4282 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4283 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4284 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4285 msgstr ""
 4286 
 4287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4288 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4289 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4290 msgstr ""
 4291 
 4292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4293 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4294 msgid ""
 4295 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4296 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4297 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4298 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4299 msgstr ""
 4300 
 4301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4303 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4304 msgstr ""
 4305 
 4306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4307 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4308 msgid ""
 4309 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4310 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4311 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4312 msgstr ""
 4313 
 4314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4316 msgid ""
 4317 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4318 "\"0\"/>"
 4319 msgstr ""
 4320 
 4321 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4322 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4323 msgid "Application domains"
 4324 msgstr ""
 4325 
 4326 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4328 msgid ""
 4329 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4330 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4331 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4332 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4333 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4334 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4335 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4336 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4337 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4338 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4339 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4340 "SSSD domain."
 4341 msgstr ""
 4342 
 4343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4345 msgid ""
 4346 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4347 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4348 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4349 msgstr ""
 4350 
 4351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4353 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4354 msgstr ""
 4355 
 4356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4358 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4359 msgstr ""
 4360 
 4361 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4362 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4363 msgid ""
 4364 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4365 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4366 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4367 "domain settings."
 4368 msgstr ""
 4369 
 4370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4372 msgid ""
 4373 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4374 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4375 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4376 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4377 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4378 msgstr ""
 4379 
 4380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4382 #, no-wrap
 4383 msgid ""
 4384 "[sssd]\n"
 4385 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4386 "\n"
 4387 "[ifp]\n"
 4388 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4389 "\n"
 4390 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4391 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4392 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4393 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4394 "\n"
 4395 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4396 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4397 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4398 msgstr ""
 4399 
 4400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4402 msgid "The local domain section"
 4403 msgstr ""
 4404 
 4405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4407 msgid ""
 4408 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4409 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4410 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4411 msgstr ""
 4412 
 4413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4414 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4415 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4416 msgstr ""
 4417 
 4418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4419 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4420 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4421 msgstr ""
 4422 
 4423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4425 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4426 msgstr ""
 4427 
 4428 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4429 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4430 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4431 msgstr ""
 4432 
 4433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4435 msgid ""
 4436 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4437 "and use that as the home directory."
 4438 msgstr ""
 4439 
 4440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4441 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4442 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4443 msgstr "По умолчанию: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4444 
 4445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4446 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4447 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4448 msgstr ""
 4449 
 4450 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4451 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4452 msgid ""
 4453 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4454 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4455 msgstr ""
 4456 
 4457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4459 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4460 msgstr "По умолчанию: TRUE"
 4461 
 4462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4463 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4464 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4465 msgstr ""
 4466 
 4467 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4468 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4469 msgid ""
 4470 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4471 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4472 msgstr ""
 4473 
 4474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4475 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4476 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4477 msgstr ""
 4478 
 4479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4480 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4481 msgid ""
 4482 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4483 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4484 "on a newly created home directory."
 4485 msgstr ""
 4486 
 4487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4488 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4489 msgid "Default: 077"
 4490 msgstr "По умолчанию: 077"
 4491 
 4492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4493 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4494 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4495 msgstr ""
 4496 
 4497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4499 msgid ""
 4500 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4501 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4502 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4503 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4504 msgstr ""
 4505 
 4506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4508 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4509 msgstr "По умолчанию: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4510 
 4511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4513 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4514 msgstr ""
 4515 
 4516 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4517 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4518 msgid ""
 4519 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4520 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 4521 "default value is used."
 4522 msgstr ""
 4523 
 4524 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4525 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 4526 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4527 msgstr "По умолчанию: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4528 
 4529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 4531 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 4532 msgstr ""
 4533 
 4534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 4536 msgid ""
 4537 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 4538 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 4539 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 4540 msgstr ""
 4541 
 4542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 4544 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 4545 msgstr ""
 4546 
 4547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4548 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 4549 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 4550 msgstr ""
 4551 
 4552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 4554 msgid ""
 4555 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 4556 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 4557 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 4558 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 4559 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 4560 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 4561 msgstr ""
 4562 
 4563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 4565 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 4566 msgstr ""
 4567 
 4568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 4570 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 4571 msgstr ""
 4572 
 4573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 4575 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 4576 msgstr ""
 4577 
 4578 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4579 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 4580 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 4581 msgstr ""
 4582 
 4583 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4584 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 4585 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 4586 msgstr ""
 4587 
 4588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 4590 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 4591 msgstr ""
 4592 
 4593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4594 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 4595 msgid "ad_server,"
 4596 msgstr ""
 4597 
 4598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 4600 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 4601 msgstr ""
 4602 
 4603 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4604 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 4605 msgid "ad_site,"
 4606 msgstr ""
 4607 
 4608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 4610 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 4611 msgstr ""
 4612 
 4613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 4615 msgid ""
 4616 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 4617 "manual page."
 4618 msgstr ""
 4619 
 4620 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4621 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 4622 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 4623 msgstr ""
 4624 
 4625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 4627 msgid ""
 4628 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 4629 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 4630 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 4631 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 4632 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 4633 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 4634 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 4635 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 4636 msgstr ""
 4637 
 4638 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4639 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 4640 msgid ""
 4641 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 4642 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 4643 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 4644 msgstr ""
 4645 
 4646 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4647 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 4648 msgid ""
 4649 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 4650 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 4651 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 4652 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 4653 msgstr ""
 4654 
 4655 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4656 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 4657 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 4658 msgstr ""
 4659 
 4660 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4661 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 4662 msgid ""
 4663 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 4664 "processed, all others are ignored."
 4665 msgstr ""
 4666 
 4667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 4669 msgid ""
 4670 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 4671 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 4672 msgstr ""
 4673 
 4674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4675 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 4676 msgid "maprule (string)"
 4677 msgstr ""
 4678 
 4679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4680 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 4681 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 4682 msgstr ""
 4683 
 4684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 4686 msgid ""
 4687 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 4688 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 4689 msgstr ""
 4690 
 4691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 4693 msgid ""
 4694 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 4695 "user with the same name."
 4696 msgstr ""
 4697 
 4698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4699 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 4700 msgid "domains (string)"
 4701 msgstr ""
 4702 
 4703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 4705 msgid ""
 4706 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 4707 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 4708 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 4709 "well."
 4710 msgstr ""
 4711 
 4712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4713 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 4714 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 4715 msgstr ""
 4716 
 4717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4718 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 4719 msgid "priority (integer)"
 4720 msgstr ""
 4721 
 4722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 4724 msgid ""
 4725 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 4726 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 4727 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 4728 msgstr ""
 4729 
 4730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4731 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 4732 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 4733 msgstr ""
 4734 
 4735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 4737 msgid ""
 4738 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 4739 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 4740 msgstr ""
 4741 
 4742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 4744 msgid ""
 4745 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 4746 "matching user"
 4747 msgstr ""
 4748 
 4749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4750 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 4751 msgid ""
 4752 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 4753 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 4754 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 4755 "quote>"
 4756 msgstr ""
 4757 
 4758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 4760 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 4761 msgstr ""
 4762 
 4763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4764 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 4765 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 4766 msgstr ""
 4767 
 4768 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4769 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 4770 msgid ""
 4771 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 4772 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 4773 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 4774 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 4775 "credentials."
 4776 msgstr ""
 4777 
 4778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4779 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 4780 msgid ""
 4781 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 4782 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 4783 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 4784 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 4785 msgstr ""
 4786 
 4787 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4788 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 4789 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 4790 msgstr ""
 4791 
 4792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 4794 msgid "password_prompt"
 4795 msgstr ""
 4796 
 4797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4798 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 4799 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 4800 msgstr ""
 4801 
 4802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 4804 msgid ""
 4805 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 4806 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4807 msgstr ""
 4808 
 4809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 4811 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 4812 msgstr ""
 4813 
 4814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4815 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 4816 msgid "first_prompt"
 4817 msgstr ""
 4818 
 4819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4820 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 4821 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 4822 msgstr ""
 4823 
 4824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 4826 msgid "second_prompt"
 4827 msgstr ""
 4828 
 4829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4830 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 4831 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 4832 msgstr ""
 4833 
 4834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 4836 msgid "single_prompt"
 4837 msgstr ""
 4838 
 4839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 4841 msgid ""
 4842 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 4843 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 4844 "string"
 4845 msgstr ""
 4846 
 4847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 4849 msgid ""
 4850 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 4851 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4852 msgstr ""
 4853 
 4854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 4856 msgid ""
 4857 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 4858 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 4859 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4860 msgstr ""
 4861 
 4862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 4864 msgid ""
 4865 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 4866 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 4867 "for this service."
 4868 msgstr ""
 4869 
 4870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4871 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 4872 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 4873 msgstr ""
 4874 
 4875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 4877 #, no-wrap
 4878 msgid ""
 4879 "[sssd]\n"
 4880 "domains = LDAP\n"
 4881 "services = nss, pam\n"
 4882 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 4883 "\n"
 4884 "[nss]\n"
 4885 "filter_groups = root\n"
 4886 "filter_users = root\n"
 4887 "\n"
 4888 "[pam]\n"
 4889 "\n"
 4890 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 4891 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4892 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4893 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4894 "\n"
 4895 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 4896 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 4897 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 4898 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 4899 "\n"
 4900 "min_id = 10000\n"
 4901 "max_id = 20000\n"
 4902 "enumerate = False\n"
 4903 msgstr ""
 4904 
 4905 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4906 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 4907 msgid ""
 4908 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 4909 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 4910 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 4911 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4912 msgstr ""
 4913 
 4914 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4915 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 4916 #, no-wrap
 4917 msgid ""
 4918 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 4919 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 4920 msgstr ""
 4921 
 4922 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4923 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 4924 msgid ""
 4925 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 4926 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 4927 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 4928 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 4929 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 4930 ">"
 4931 msgstr ""
 4932 
 4933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 4935 #, no-wrap
 4936 msgid ""
 4937 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 4938 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4939 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 4940 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 4941 "priority = 10\n"
 4942 "\n"
 4943 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 4944 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4945 msgstr ""
 4946 
 4947 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4948 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 4949 msgid ""
 4950 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 4951 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 4952 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 4953 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 4954 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 4955 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 4956 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4957 msgstr ""
 4958 
 4959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 4960 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 4961 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 4962 msgstr ""
 4963 
 4964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 4965 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 4966 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 4967 msgstr ""
 4968 
 4969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4970 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 4971 msgid ""
 4972 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 4973 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 4974 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 4975 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4976 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 4977 msgstr ""
 4978 
 4979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4980 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 4981 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 4982 msgstr ""
 4983 
 4984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4985 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 4986 msgid ""
 4987 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 4988 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 4989 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 4990 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 4991 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 4992 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 4993 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 4994 msgstr ""
 4995 
 4996 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4997 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 4998 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 4999 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 5000 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 5001 msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ КОНФИГУРАЦИИ"
 5002 
 5003 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5004 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 5005 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5006 msgstr ""
 5007 
 5008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5009 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5010 msgid ""
 5011 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5012 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5013 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5014 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5015 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5016 msgstr ""
 5017 
 5018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5019 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5020 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5021 msgstr ""
 5022 
 5023 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5024 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5025 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5026 msgstr ""
 5027 
 5028 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5029 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5030 msgid ""
 5031 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5032 msgstr ""
 5033 
 5034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5035 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5036 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5037 msgstr ""
 5038 
 5039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5040 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5041 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5042 msgstr ""
 5043 
 5044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5045 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5046 msgid ""
 5047 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5048 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5049 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5050 "failover and server redundancy."
 5051 msgstr ""
 5052 
 5053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5054 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5055 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5056 msgstr ""
 5057 
 5058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5059 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5060 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5061 msgstr ""
 5062 
 5063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5064 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5065 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5066 msgstr ""
 5067 
 5068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5069 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5070 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5071 msgstr ""
 5072 
 5073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5074 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5075 msgid ""
 5076 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5077 "syntax:"
 5078 msgstr ""
 5079 
 5080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5081 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5082 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5083 msgstr ""
 5084 
 5085 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5086 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5087 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5088 msgstr ""
 5089 
 5090 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5091 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5092 msgid ""
 5093 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5094 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5095 msgstr ""
 5096 
 5097 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5098 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5099 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5100 msgid "Examples:"
 5101 msgstr ""
 5102 
 5103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5104 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5105 msgid ""
 5106 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5107 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5108 msgstr ""
 5109 
 5110 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5111 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5112 msgid ""
 5113 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5114 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5115 msgstr ""
 5116 
 5117 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5118 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5119 msgid ""
 5120 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5121 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5122 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5123 "machines."
 5124 msgstr ""
 5125 
 5126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5127 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5128 msgid ""
 5129 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5130 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5131 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5132 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5133 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5134 "are not supported."
 5135 msgstr ""
 5136 
 5137 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5138 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5139 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5140 msgstr ""
 5141 
 5142 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5143 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5144 msgid ""
 5145 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5146 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5147 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5148 msgstr ""
 5149 
 5150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5151 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5152 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5153 msgstr ""
 5154 
 5155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5156 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5157 msgid "rfc2307"
 5158 msgstr ""
 5159 
 5160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5161 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5162 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5163 msgstr ""
 5164 
 5165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5166 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5167 msgid "IPA"
 5168 msgstr ""
 5169 
 5170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5171 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5172 msgid "AD"
 5173 msgstr ""
 5174 
 5175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5176 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5177 msgid ""
 5178 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5179 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5180 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5181 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5182 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5183 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5184 msgstr ""
 5185 
 5186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5187 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5188 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5189 msgstr "По умолчанию: rfc2307"
 5190 
 5191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5192 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5193 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5194 msgstr ""
 5195 
 5196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5197 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5198 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5199 msgstr ""
 5200 
 5201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5202 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5203 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5204 msgstr ""
 5205 
 5206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5207 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5208 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5209 msgstr ""
 5210 
 5211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5212 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5213 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5214 msgstr ""
 5215 
 5216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5217 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5218 msgid ""
 5219 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5220 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5221 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5222 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5223 msgstr ""
 5224 
 5225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5226 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5227 msgid "Default: exop"
 5228 msgstr ""
 5229 
 5230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5231 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5232 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5233 msgstr ""
 5234 
 5235 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5236 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5237 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5238 msgstr ""
 5239 
 5240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5241 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5242 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5243 msgstr ""
 5244 
 5245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5246 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5247 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5248 msgstr ""
 5249 
 5250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5251 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5252 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5253 msgstr ""
 5254 
 5255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5256 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5257 msgid "password"
 5258 msgstr "пароль"
 5259 
 5260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5261 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5262 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5263 msgstr ""
 5264 
 5265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5266 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5267 msgid "Default: password"
 5268 msgstr ""
 5269 
 5270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5271 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5272 msgid ""
 5273 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5274 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5275 msgstr ""
 5276 
 5277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5278 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5279 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5280 msgstr ""
 5281 
 5282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5283 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5284 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5285 msgstr ""
 5286 
 5287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5288 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5289 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5290 msgstr ""
 5291 
 5292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5293 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5294 msgid ""
 5295 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5296 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5297 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5298 "realm."
 5299 msgstr ""
 5300 
 5301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5302 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5303 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5304 msgstr ""
 5305 
 5306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5307 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5308 msgid ""
 5309 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5310 "enumerated records."
 5311 msgstr ""
 5312 
 5313 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5314 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5315 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5316 msgstr ""
 5317 
 5318 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5319 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5320 msgid ""
 5321 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5322 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5323 "space."
 5324 msgstr ""
 5325 
 5326 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5327 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5328 msgid ""
 5329 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5330 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5331 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5332 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5333 msgstr ""
 5334 
 5335 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5336 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5337 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5338 msgstr ""
 5339 
 5340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5341 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5342 msgid ""
 5343 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5344 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5345 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5346 msgstr ""
 5347 
 5348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5349 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5350 msgid ""
 5351 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5352 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5353 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5354 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5355 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5356 msgstr ""
 5357 
 5358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5359 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5360 msgid ""
 5361 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5362 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5363 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5364 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5365 "restrict group nesting."
 5366 msgstr ""
 5367 
 5368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5369 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5370 msgid "Default: 2"
 5371 msgstr ""
 5372 
 5373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5374 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5375 msgid ""
 5376 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5377 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5378 msgstr ""
 5379 
 5380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5381 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5382 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5383 msgstr ""
 5384 
 5385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5386 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5387 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5388 msgstr ""
 5389 
 5390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5391 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5392 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5393 msgstr ""
 5394 
 5395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5396 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5397 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5398 msgid ""
 5399 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5400 "multiple search bases."
 5401 msgstr ""
 5402 
 5403 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5404 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 5405 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 5406 msgstr ""
 5407 
 5408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5409 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 5410 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 5411 msgstr ""
 5412 
 5413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5414 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 5415 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 5416 msgstr ""
 5417 
 5418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5419 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 5420 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 5421 msgstr ""
 5422 
 5423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5424 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 5425 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 5426 msgstr ""
 5427 
 5428 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5429 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 5430 msgid ""
 5431 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 5432 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 5433 "is entered)"
 5434 msgstr ""
 5435 
 5436 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5437 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 5438 msgid ""
 5439 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 5440 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 5441 "lookup types."
 5442 msgstr ""
 5443 
 5444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5445 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 5446 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 5447 msgstr ""
 5448 
 5449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5450 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 5451 msgid ""
 5452 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 5453 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 5454 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 5455 msgstr ""
 5456 
 5457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5458 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 5459 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 5460 msgstr ""
 5461 
 5462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5463 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 5464 msgid ""
 5465 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 5466 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 5467 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5468 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 5469 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5470 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 5471 msgstr ""
 5472 
 5473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5474 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 5475 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 5476 msgstr ""
 5477 
 5478 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5479 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 5480 msgid ""
 5481 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 5482 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 5483 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 5484 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 5485 msgstr ""
 5486 
 5487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5488 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 5489 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 5490 msgstr ""
 5491 
 5492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5493 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 5494 msgid ""
 5495 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 5496 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 5497 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 5498 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 5499 msgstr ""
 5500 
 5501 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5502 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 5503 msgid ""
 5504 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 5505 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 5506 msgstr ""
 5507 
 5508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5509 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 5510 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 5511 msgstr ""
 5512 
 5513 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5514 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 5515 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 5516 msgstr ""
 5517 
 5518 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5519 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 5520 msgid ""
 5521 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 5522 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 5523 msgstr ""
 5524 
 5525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5526 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 5527 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 5528 msgstr ""
 5529 
 5530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5531 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 5532 msgid ""
 5533 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 5534 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 5535 msgstr ""
 5536 
 5537 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5538 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 5539 msgid "Default: 1000"
 5540 msgstr ""
 5541 
 5542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5543 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 5544 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 5545 msgstr ""
 5546 
 5547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5548 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 5549 msgid ""
 5550 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 5551 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 5552 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 5553 msgstr ""
 5554 
 5555 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5556 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 5557 msgid ""
 5558 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 5559 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 5560 msgstr ""
 5561 
 5562 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5563 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 5564 msgid ""
 5565 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 5566 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 5567 "requests being denied."
 5568 msgstr ""
 5569 
 5570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5571 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 5572 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 5573 msgstr ""
 5574 
 5575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5576 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 5577 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 5578 msgstr ""
 5579 
 5580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5581 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 5582 msgid ""
 5583 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 5584 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 5585 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 5586 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 5587 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 5588 msgstr ""
 5589 
 5590 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5591 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 5592 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 5593 msgstr ""
 5594 
 5595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5596 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 5597 msgid ""
 5598 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 5599 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5600 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5601 msgstr ""
 5602 
 5603 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5604 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 5605 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 5606 msgstr ""
 5607 
 5608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5609 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 5610 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 5611 msgstr ""
 5612 
 5613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5614 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 5615 msgid ""
 5616 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 5617 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5618 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5619 msgstr ""
 5620 
 5621 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5622 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 5623 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 5624 msgstr ""
 5625 
 5626 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5627 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 5628 msgid ""
 5629 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 5630 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 5631 "they are looked up individually."
 5632 msgstr ""
 5633 
 5634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5635 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 5636 msgid ""
 5637 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 5638 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 5639 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 5640 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 5641 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 5642 "object."
 5643 msgstr ""
 5644 
 5645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5646 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 5647 msgid ""
 5648 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 5649 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 5650 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 5651 "Directory."
 5652 msgstr ""
 5653 
 5654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5655 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 5656 msgid ""
 5657 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 5658 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 5659 "regardless of this setting."
 5660 msgstr ""
 5661 
 5662 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5663 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:690
 5664 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
 5665 msgstr ""
 5666 
 5667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5668 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693
 5669 msgid ""
 5670 "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
 5671 "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
 5672 msgstr ""
 5673 
 5674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5675 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
 5676 msgid ""
 5677 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
 5678 "certificate."
 5679 msgstr ""
 5680 
 5681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5682 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:703
 5683 msgid ""
 5684 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5685 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5686 "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
 5687 msgstr ""
 5688 
 5689 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5690 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:710
 5691 msgid ""
 5692 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5693 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5694 "is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
 5695 msgstr ""
 5696 
 5697 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5698 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:716
 5699 msgid ""
 5700 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5701 "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
 5702 "immediately terminated."
 5703 msgstr ""
 5704 
 5705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5706 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:722
 5707 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
 5708 msgstr ""
 5709 
 5710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5711 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:726
 5712 msgid "Default: hard"
 5713 msgstr ""
 5714 
 5715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5716 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:732
 5717 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
 5718 msgstr ""
 5719 
 5720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5721 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:735
 5722 msgid ""
 5723 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 5724 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
 5725 msgstr ""
 5726 
 5727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5728 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740 sssd-ldap.5.xml:758 sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
 5729 msgid ""
 5730 "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
 5731 "conf</filename>"
 5732 msgstr ""
 5733 
 5734 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5735 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:747
 5736 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
 5737 msgstr ""
 5738 
 5739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5740 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:750
 5741 msgid ""
 5742 "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
 5743 "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
 5744 "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
 5745 "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
 5746 msgstr ""
 5747 
 5748 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5749 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
 5750 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
 5751 msgstr ""
 5752 
 5753 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5754 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:768
 5755 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 5756 msgstr ""
 5757 
 5758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5759 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:778
 5760 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
 5761 msgstr ""
 5762 
 5763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5764 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:781
 5765 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 5766 msgstr ""
 5767 
 5768 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5769 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
 5770 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
 5771 msgstr ""
 5772 
 5773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5774 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
 5775 msgid ""
 5776 "Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
 5777 "list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
 5778 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
 5779 msgstr ""
 5780 
 5781 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5782 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:806
 5783 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
 5784 msgstr ""
 5785 
 5786 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5787 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:809
 5788 msgid ""
 5789 "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
 5790 "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
 5791 msgstr ""
 5792 
 5793 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5794 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:819
 5795 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
 5796 msgstr ""
 5797 
 5798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5799 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:822
 5800 msgid ""
 5801 "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
 5802 "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
 5803 "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 5804 msgstr ""
 5805 
 5806 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5807 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:828
 5808 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
 5809 msgstr ""
 5810 
 5811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5812 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:838
 5813 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
 5814 msgstr ""
 5815 
 5816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5817 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:841
 5818 msgid ""
 5819 "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
 5820 "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
 5821 "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
 5822 "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
 5823 "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
 5824 "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
 5825 msgstr ""
 5826 
 5827 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5828 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:853
 5829 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
 5830 msgstr ""
 5831 
 5832 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5833 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
 5834 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
 5835 msgstr ""
 5836 
 5837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5838 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:862
 5839 msgid ""
 5840 "Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
 5841 "tested and supported."
 5842 msgstr ""
 5843 
 5844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5845 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:866
 5846 msgid ""
 5847 "If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
 5848 "automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
 5849 "for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
 5850 "sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
 5851 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5852 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
 5853 msgstr ""
 5854 
 5855 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5856 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
 5857 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
 5858 msgstr ""
 5859 
 5860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 5861 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:894
 5862 #, no-wrap
 5863 msgid ""
 5864 "hostname@REALM\n"
 5865 "netbiosname$@REALM\n"
 5866 "host/hostname@REALM\n"
 5867 "*$@REALM\n"
 5868 "host/*@REALM\n"
 5869 "host/*\n"
 5870 "                            "
 5871 msgstr ""
 5872 
 5873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5874 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
 5875 msgid ""
 5876 "Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
 5877 "this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
 5878 "directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
 5879 "host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
 5880 "myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
 5881 "used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
 5882 "found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
 5883 msgstr ""
 5884 
 5885 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5886 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:905
 5887 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
 5888 msgstr ""
 5889 
 5890 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5891 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
 5892 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
 5893 msgstr ""
 5894 
 5895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5896 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
 5897 msgid ""
 5898 "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
 5899 "the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
 5900 "well, this option is ignored."
 5901 msgstr ""
 5902 
 5903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5904 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:920
 5905 msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
 5906 msgstr ""
 5907 
 5908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5909 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:926
 5910 msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
 5911 msgstr ""
 5912 
 5913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5914 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:929
 5915 msgid ""
 5916 "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
 5917 "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 5918 msgstr ""
 5919 
 5920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5921 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
 5922 msgid "Default: false;"
 5923 msgstr ""
 5924 
 5925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5926 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:940
 5927 msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
 5928 msgstr ""
 5929 
 5930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5931 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:943
 5932 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
 5933 msgstr ""
 5934 
 5935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5936 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
 5937 msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
 5938 msgstr ""
 5939 
 5940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5941 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:953
 5942 msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
 5943 msgstr ""
 5944 
 5945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5946 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:956
 5947 msgid ""
 5948 "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
 5949 "action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
 5950 "GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
 5951 msgstr ""
 5952 
 5953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5954 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
 5955 msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
 5956 msgstr ""
 5957 
 5958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5959 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971
 5960 msgid ""
 5961 "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
 5962 msgstr ""
 5963 
 5964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5965 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:975 sssd-ad.5.xml:1229
 5966 msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
 5967 msgstr ""
 5968 
 5969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5970 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:981 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
 5971 msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
 5972 msgstr ""
 5973 
 5974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5975 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:984
 5976 msgid ""
 5977 "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
 5978 "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
 5979 "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
 5980 "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
 5981 "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
 5982 "discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
 5983 "DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5984 msgstr ""
 5985 
 5986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5987 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:996 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
 5988 msgid ""
 5989 "When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
 5990 "for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
 5991 "none are found."
 5992 msgstr ""
 5993 
 5994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5995 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1001 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
 5996 msgid ""
 5997 "This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
 5998 "While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
 5999 "migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
 6000 msgstr ""
 6001 
 6002 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6003 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1010 sssd-ipa.5.xml:458 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
 6004 msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
 6005 msgstr ""
 6006 
 6007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6008 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1013
 6009 msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
 6010 msgstr ""
 6011 
 6012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6013 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
 6014 msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
 6015 msgstr ""
 6016 
 6017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6018 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1023 sssd-krb5.5.xml:462
 6019 msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
 6020 msgstr ""
 6021 
 6022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6023 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
 6024 msgid ""
 6025 "Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
 6026 "LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
 6027 msgstr ""
 6028 
 6029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6030 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1038 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477
 6031 msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
 6032 msgstr ""
 6033 
 6034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6035 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1041 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480
 6036 msgid ""
 6037 "Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
 6038 "which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
 6039 "to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
 6040 "<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 6041 "citerefentry> configuration file."
 6042 msgstr ""
 6043 
 6044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6045 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1052 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491
 6046 msgid ""
 6047 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
 6048 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
 6049 "information on the locator plugin."
 6050 msgstr ""
 6051 
 6052 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6053 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1066
 6054 msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
 6055 msgstr ""
 6056 
 6057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6058 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1069
 6059 msgid ""
 6060 "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
 6061 "The following values are allowed:"
 6062 msgstr ""
 6063 
 6064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6065 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1074
 6066 msgid ""
 6067 "<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
 6068 "cannot disable server-side password policies."
 6069 msgstr ""
 6070 
 6071 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6072 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
 6073 msgid ""
 6074 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
 6075 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
 6076 "evaluate if the password has expired."
 6077 msgstr ""
 6078 
 6079 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6080 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1085
 6081 msgid ""
 6082 "<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
 6083 "to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
 6084 "these attributes when the password is changed."
 6085 msgstr ""
 6086 
 6087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6088 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1094
 6089 msgid ""
 6090 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
 6091 "side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
 6092 msgstr ""
 6093 
 6094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6095 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1102
 6096 msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
 6097 msgstr ""
 6098 
 6099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6100 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1105
 6101 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 6102 msgstr ""
 6103 
 6104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6105 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1109
 6106 msgid ""
 6107 "Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
 6108 "with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
 6109 msgstr ""
 6110 
 6111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6112 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1114
 6113 msgid ""
 6114 "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
 6115 "them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
 6116 "does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
 6117 "might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
 6118 "false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
 6119 "together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
 6120 "able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
 6121 "available."
 6122 msgstr ""
 6123 
 6124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6125 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
 6126 msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
 6127 msgstr ""
 6128 
 6129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6130 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1136
 6131 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 6132 msgstr ""
 6133 
 6134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6135 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1140
 6136 msgid "Default: ldap"
 6137 msgstr ""
 6138 
 6139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6140 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1146
 6141 msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
 6142 msgstr ""
 6143 
 6144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6145 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1149
 6146 msgid ""
 6147 "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
 6148 "password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 6149 msgstr ""
 6150 
 6151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6152 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154
 6153 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
 6154 msgstr ""
 6155 
 6156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6157 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1160
 6158 msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
 6159 msgstr ""
 6160 
 6161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6162 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1163
 6163 msgid ""
 6164 "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
 6165 "days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 6166 msgstr ""
 6167 
 6168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6169 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1175
 6170 msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
 6171 msgstr ""
 6172 
 6173 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6174 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1178
 6175 msgid ""
 6176 "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
 6177 "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
 6178 "must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
 6179 "access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
 6180 "set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
 6181 "permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
 6182 "applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
 6183 "groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
 6184 "direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
 6185 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
 6186 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 6187 msgstr ""
 6188 
 6189 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6190 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1198
 6191 msgid "Example:"
 6192 msgstr ""
 6193 
 6194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 6195 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1201
 6196 #, no-wrap
 6197 msgid ""
 6198 "access_provider = ldap\n"
 6199 "ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
 6200 "                        "
 6201 msgstr ""
 6202 
 6203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6204 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1205
 6205 msgid ""
 6206 "This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
 6207 "employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
 6208 msgstr ""
 6209 
 6210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6211 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1210
 6212 msgid ""
 6213 "Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
 6214 "user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
 6215 "access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
 6216 "while offline and vice versa."
 6217 msgstr ""
 6218 
 6219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6220 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1218 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1275
 6221 msgid "Default: Empty"
 6222 msgstr ""
 6223 
 6224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6225 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1224
 6226 msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
 6227 msgstr ""
 6228 
 6229 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6230 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
 6231 msgid ""
 6232 "With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
 6233 "be enabled."
 6234 msgstr ""
 6235 
 6236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6237 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1231
 6238 msgid ""
 6239 "Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
 6240 "i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
 6241 "even if the password is correct."
 6242 msgstr ""
 6243 
 6244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6245 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1238
 6246 msgid "The following values are allowed:"
 6247 msgstr ""
 6248 
 6249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6250 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1241
 6251 msgid ""
 6252 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
 6253 "determine if the account is expired."
 6254 msgstr ""
 6255 
 6256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6257 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1246
 6258 msgid ""
 6259 "<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
 6260 "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
 6261 "set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
 6262 "of the account is checked."
 6263 msgstr ""
 6264 
 6265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6266 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1253
 6267 msgid ""
 6268 "<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
 6269 "emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
 6270 "allowed or not."
 6271 msgstr ""
 6272 
 6273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6274 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1259
 6275 msgid ""
 6276 "<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
 6277 "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
 6278 "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
 6279 "If both attributes are missing access is granted."
 6280 msgstr ""
 6281 
 6282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6283 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1268
 6284 msgid ""
 6285 "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
 6286 "emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
 6287 "ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
 6288 msgstr ""
 6289 
 6290 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6291 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
 6292 msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
 6293 msgstr ""
 6294 
 6295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6296 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1284
 6297 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
 6298 msgstr ""
 6299 
 6300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6301 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1288
 6302 msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
 6303 msgstr ""
 6304 
 6305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6306 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1291
 6307 msgid ""
 6308 "<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6309 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6310 "and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
 6311 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6312 "work."
 6313 msgstr ""
 6314 
 6315 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6316 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
 6317 msgid ""
 6318 "<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
 6319 "quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
 6320 msgstr ""
 6321 
 6322 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6323 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1308
 6324 msgid ""
 6325 "<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6326 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6327 "and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
 6328 "value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
 6329 "denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
 6330 "will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
 6331 "the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
 6332 "must be set for this feature to work."
 6333 msgstr ""
 6334 
 6335 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6336 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1325
 6337 msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
 6338 msgstr ""
 6339 
 6340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6341 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1329
 6342 msgid ""
 6343 "<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
 6344 "pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
 6345 "interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
 6346 "authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
 6347 "example SSH keys."
 6348 msgstr ""
 6349 
 6350 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6351 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1339
 6352 msgid ""
 6353 "The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
 6354 "expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, "
 6355 "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, "
 6356 "pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password "
 6357 "immediately."
 6358 msgstr ""
 6359 
 6360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6361 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1347
 6362 msgid ""
 6363 "Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD."
 6364 msgstr ""
 6365 
 6366 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6367 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351
 6368 msgid ""
 6369 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6370 "work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
 6371 msgstr ""
 6372 
 6373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6374 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1356
 6375 msgid ""
 6376 "<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
 6377 "to determine access"
 6378 msgstr ""
 6379 
 6380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6381 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1361
 6382 msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
 6383 msgstr ""
 6384 
 6385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6386 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1365
 6387 msgid ""
 6388 "<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
 6389 "remote host can access"
 6390 msgstr ""
 6391 
 6392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6393 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1369
 6394 msgid ""
 6395 "Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
 6396 "what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
 6397 msgstr ""
 6398 
 6399 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6400 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1374
 6401 msgid "Default: filter"
 6402 msgstr ""
 6403 
 6404 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6405 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1377
 6406 msgid ""
 6407 "Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
 6408 "once."
 6409 msgstr ""
 6410 
 6411 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6412 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1384
 6413 msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
 6414 msgstr ""
 6415 
 6416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6417 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1387
 6418 msgid ""
 6419 "This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
 6420 "note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
 6421 "lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
 6422 "server cannot be checked properly."
 6423 msgstr ""
 6424 
 6425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6426 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1395
 6427 msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
 6428 msgstr ""
 6429 
 6430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6431 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1398
 6432 msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
 6433 msgstr ""
 6434 
 6435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6436 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1404
 6437 msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
 6438 msgstr ""
 6439 
 6440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6441 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1407
 6442 msgid ""
 6443 "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. Th